{"title":"Catering \u0026 Event Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eCatering equipment has one extra job: the food has to survive the trip. Insulated carriers and holding cabinets keep it at safe service temperature, bain marie trolleys serve it at the other end, and portable units cook where there is no kitchen. Commercial Kitchen Appliances supplies the lot, ex-GST.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"fedx-two-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp2100salgc","title":"FED-X Two Door Salad Prep Fridge With Curve Glass Top XTHP2100SALGC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XTHP2100SALGC is a two-door salad prep fridge that keeps garnishes, sauces and toppings service-ready under a curved glass canopy, built for cafes, sandwich bars, salad bars and busy front-of-house prep lines. It holds 282L gross (186L net) at +2 to +8°C with fan-forced R290 cooling, a stainless steel body and an integrated HDPE cutting board. The curved glass top merchandises fresh ingredients while a full refrigerated cabinet stores backup stock below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the XTHP2100SALGC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved glass canopy top\u003c\/strong\u003e — chilled prep pans stay on display and within reach so staff assemble orders without opening the cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e282L gross \/ 186L net capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit holds the working pans plus backup stock, cutting double-handling during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-forced R290 cooling, +2 to +8°C\u003c\/strong\u003e — even air distribution holds safe food temperatures across the whole cabinet in a busy line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCubigel compressor with Dixell controller\u003c\/strong\u003e — reliable, serviceable componentry that Australian technicians know and stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body with rounded internal corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down fast and meets food-safety cleaning standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated high-density polyethylene cutting board\u003c\/strong\u003e — a dedicated prep surface at the pass, no separate bench required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty castors with front-wheel brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll the unit out for cleaning, then lock it in place during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplaceable magnetic door seals\u003c\/strong\u003e — seals can be swapped in-house, extending the unit's service life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP2100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP2100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-door salad prep fridge (curved glass top)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e282 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e186 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFan-forced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCubigel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eController\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDixell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 215W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1360 × 700 × 1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e799 × 580 × 564 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1390 × 730 × 910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts Only for products registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved glass canopy suits venues that assemble and merchandise at the pass — sandwich bars, salad bars, cafes and juice counters — where staff need cold ingredients on show and within arm's reach. The refrigerated cabinet below makes it a good fit where floor space is tight and backup stock has to live under the prep station. It is less suited to heavy bulk storage, where a full-height upright fridge is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries and prep fridges\u003c\/a\u003e or see the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eFED-X range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlug into a standard 240V 10A single-phase outlet; the unit runs on castors so it needs no fixed installation. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the capacity of the FED-X XTHP2100SALGC?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds 282 litres gross and 186 litres net, split between the chilled prep top and the two-door cabinet below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs at +2 to +8°C using fan-forced R290 cooling for even temperature across the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 1360 mm wide × 700 mm deep × 1320 mm high, and it weighs 105 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it come with GN pans?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Pans and lids are not included; the open top accepts multiple gastronorm pan configurations, and a pan and cover must be used to hold the correct operating temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it easy to move for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors with front-wheel brakes, so you can roll it out and lock it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only for products registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet; rated power draw is 215W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the capacity of the FED-X XTHP2100SALGC?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds 282 litres gross and 186 litres net, split between the chilled prep top and the two-door cabinet below.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature does it hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs at +2 to +8°C using fan-forced R290 cooling for even temperature across the cabinet.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the external dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1360 mm wide × 700 mm deep × 1320 mm high, and it weighs 105 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it come with GN pans?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Pans and lids are not included; the open top accepts multiple gastronorm pan configurations, and a pan and cover must be used to hold the correct operating temperature.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it easy to move for cleaning?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors with front-wheel brakes, so you can roll it out and lock it in place.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does it come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts only for products registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet; rated power draw is 215W.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539813663021,"sku":"XTHP2100SALGC","price":2340.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-two-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp2100salgc-8163997.png?v=1776341614"},{"product_id":"fedx-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-glass-top-xs903gc","title":"FED-X Three Door Salad Prep Fridge With Glass Top XS903GC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XS903GC is a three-door salad prep fridge with a glass canopy top — built for cafés, sandwich bars, delis and salad-forward restaurants that need refrigerated prep space and front-of-counter display in one footprint. Full stainless steel interior and exterior, R290 natural refrigerant, and an Embraco\/Secop compressor paired with a Dixell digital controller deliver reliable +2 to +8°C holding in ambient up to 38°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose-the-xs903gc\"\u003eWhy operators choose the XS903GC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlass canopy display\u003c\/strong\u003e — ambient middle shelf showcases toppings and garnishes while base pans stay refrigerated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e368L gross \/ 218L net capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — three under-bench doors plus full-length open top for GN pan prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR290 natural refrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e — low-GWP, energy-efficient, future-proof against F-gas regulations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel with rounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — hygienic, easy to clean, commercial-grade build\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated cutting board + digital controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — prep-ready out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 kg per shelf load rating\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles stocked GN pans without sag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXS903GC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXS903GC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalad prep fridge with glass top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e368 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e218 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax ambient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38°C \/ 60% RH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompressor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbraco \/ Secop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eController\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDixell digital\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 under-bench\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg per shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1295 × 595 × 455 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1368 × 700 × 1310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1390 × 730 × 1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V · 240 W · 1.6 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 yrs parts + labour, plus 2 yrs parts-only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for cafés, sandwich bars, salad bars, delis, and front-of-house prep stations where toppings need refrigeration and visibility. The ambient glass canopy doubles as a grab-and-go display for dressings, garnishes, or packaged sides. The 40 kg per-shelf rating and 368 L capacity suit sites producing 100–300 covers per service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-notes\"\u003eInstallation notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRuns on a standard 10 A single-phase 240 V outlet (240 W \/ 1.6 A draw). Allow 50–100 mm rear clearance for condenser airflow. Magnetic door seals are replaceable on-site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What sizes of GN pans fit the XS903GC top?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The glass canopy top accommodates multiple GN pan configurations across the 1295 mm internal width. Standard 1\/3 and 1\/6 GN pans are the most common layout for salad prep; the ambient middle shelf under the glass handles garnishes and sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — 240 V single-phase through a standard 10 A outlet. Total draw is 240 W \/ 1.6 A, so no special circuit is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What refrigerant does it use and why does that matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: R290 (propane) natural refrigerant — low Global Warming Potential, energy-efficient, and future-proof against upcoming F-gas phase-downs. Pair with professional installation for safe handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the glass canopy refrigerated?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The under-bench doors and pan wells are refrigerated (+2 to +8°C). The glass canopy contains an ambient middle shelf — designed for garnish, bread, or dressed items that don't need chilling during service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's covered under the 4-year warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2 years parts and labour plus an additional 2 years parts-only. Warranty service is handled locally through our Granville NSW showroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it maintain temperature during an Australian summer?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — rated for max 38°C ambient at 60% RH, which covers most commercial kitchen environments. For unusually hot, unventilated spaces, ensure 100 mm rear clearance for condenser airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/salad-bar-fridges\"\u003eSee all commercial salad bar fridges\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eBrowse the full FED-X range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes of GN pans fit the XS903GC top?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The glass canopy top accommodates multiple GN pan configurations across the 1295 mm internal width. Standard 1\/3 and 1\/6 GN pans are the most common layout for salad prep; the ambient middle shelf under the glass handles garnishes and sides.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it run on standard Australian power?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — 240V single-phase through a standard 10A outlet. Total draw is 240W \/ 1.6A, so no special circuit is required.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What refrigerant does it use and why does that matter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"R290 (propane) natural refrigerant — low Global Warming Potential, energy-efficient, and future-proof against upcoming F-gas phase-downs.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the glass canopy refrigerated?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The under-bench doors and pan wells are refrigerated (+2 to +8°C). The glass canopy contains an ambient middle shelf — designed for garnish, bread, or dressed items that don't need chilling.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's covered under the 4-year warranty?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years parts and labour plus an additional 2 years parts-only. Warranty service is handled locally through our Granville NSW showroom.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will it maintain temperature during an Australian summer?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — rated for max 38°C ambient at 60% RH. For unusually hot, unventilated spaces, ensure 100mm rear clearance for condenser airflow.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539814940973,"sku":"XS903GC","price":2422.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-glass-top-xs903gc-5552969.png?v=1776003315"},{"product_id":"fedx-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp3100salgc","title":"FED-X Three Door Salad Prep Fridge With Curve Glass Top XTHP3100SALGC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XTHP3100SALGC is a three-door salad prep fridge with a curved glass top that chills and displays toppings at the same time, making it a front-of-counter workhorse for salad, sandwich and noodle bars. It offers 311L net across three under-counter doors, a refrigerated glass-covered pan well up top, and fan-forced R290 cooling that holds product cold while customers watch their order built.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the XTHP3100SALGC\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved glass display top\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps prepped toppings chilled and on show at the service counter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e311L net \/ 417L gross capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — stores backup stock in three doors beneath the display well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-forced cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds even temperature across the pan well even with the top in use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated cutting board\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives a ready prep surface right at the build point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — let staff roll the unit for cleaning and reconfiguration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — cleans fast and stands up to constant front-of-house use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V\/230W R290 system\u003c\/strong\u003e — efficient chilling on a standard power point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP3100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXTHP3100SALGC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSalad prep fridge with curved glass top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e311L net \/ 417L gross\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 230W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1795 x 700 x 1320 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1825 x 730 x 910 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel interior and exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2°C to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved glass over chilled pan well\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 solid under-counter doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour (+2 years parts with registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe curved glass top makes it a natural fit for customer-facing salad, sandwich and poke counters, cafes and takeaway shops that want toppings displayed while kept cold. Kitchens that prep out of sight and don't need the glass display are better matched to a standard open-top salad prep fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eFED-X refrigeration\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XTHP3100SALGC rolls on castors and plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point; no special wiring is needed. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 2-year parts-and-labour manufacturer warranty (plus 2 years parts only with registration within 14 days) — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is special about the XTHP3100SALGC top?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It has a curved glass top that chills and displays prepped toppings at the service counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the storage capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 311 litres net (417 litres gross) across three under-counter doors, plus the chilled pan well.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 1795mm wide x 700mm deep x 1320mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A standard 240V 10A single-phase power point; it draws 230W.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it include a cutting board?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — an integrated cutting board provides a prep surface at the build point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors so it can be rolled for cleaning and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is special about the XTHP3100SALGC top?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has a curved glass top that chills and displays prepped toppings at the service counter.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the storage capacity?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"311 litres net (417 litres gross) across three under-counter doors, plus the chilled pan well.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the external dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1795mm wide x 700mm deep x 1320mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A standard 240V 10A single-phase power point; it draws 230W.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it include a cutting board?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — an integrated cutting board provides a prep surface at the build point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it sits on heavy-duty castors so it can be rolled for cleaning and access.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty is included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539816218925,"sku":"XTHP3100SALGC","price":2970.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-three-door-salad-prep-fridge-with-curve-glass-top-xthp3100salgc-9829536.jpg?v=1776341548"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-single-fryer-with-splashback-ifs1030l","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction Single Fryer with Splashback IFS10-30L","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax IFS10-30L is a 900 Series commercial induction single deep fryer with a rear splashback and stainless steel body, built for high-volume cafes, takeaways, fish shops, pubs and restaurants that want a deeper, floor-height frying station. Its single 30L oil tank heats by induction from 80°C to 190°C, draws 10 kW on a hard-wired 415V three-phase supply, and comes with a single basket, basket hanger, lid with handle and a digital touch control with a 0–180 minute timer on a deep 900mm floor-height chassis (400 × 900 × 1003 mm, 57 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IFS10-30L\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 900-series chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 900mm-deep floor-height body that matches a 900-series cooking line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30L single oil tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — a deep, high-recovery frying vat for sustained service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kW induction heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — flame-free power that recovers oil temperature fast between drops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80°C–190°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — digital touch control holds accurate, repeatable frying temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 minute timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle basket with hanger\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full-size basket plus a hanger for draining between batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid with handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the vat to keep oil clean and cut heat loss out of service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIFS10-30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIFS10-30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIFS10-30L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction single deep fryer with splashback, floor-height on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 L (single tank)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBaskets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°C – 190°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital touch control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e925 × 425 × 1110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IFS10-30L suits high-turnover cafes, takeaways, fish-and-chip shops, pubs and restaurants that want a single-vat induction fryer matched to a deeper 900-series cooking line — a strong fit for chips, seafood and crumbed items where fast oil recovery matters. Its 900mm-deep floor-height chassis gives a stable base for a busy fryer line, with a rear splashback fitted as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IFS10-30L is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the unit for airflow; at 57 kg it ships packed at 925 × 425 × 1110 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the IFS10-30L differ from the IFS7-30L?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The IFS10-30L is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (400 × 900 × 1003 mm, 57 kg) versus the 700-series 400 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 30L, 10 kW induction single fryers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much oil does the IFS10-30L hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It has a single 30 litre oil tank with one basket and a basket hanger for draining between batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the IFS10-30L reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Its digital touch control holds frying temperatures from 80°C to 190°C, with a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the IFS10-30L powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight of the IFS10-30L?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 400 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 57 kg net, and ships packed at 925 × 425 × 1110 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the IFS10-30L come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does the IFS10-30L differ from the IFS7-30L?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The IFS10-30L is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (400 × 900 × 1003 mm, 57 kg) versus the 700-series 400 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 30L, 10 kW induction single fryers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much oil does the IFS10-30L hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has a single 30 litre oil tank with one basket and a basket hanger for draining between batches.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does the IFS10-30L reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Its digital touch control holds frying temperatures from 80°C to 190°C, with a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the IFS10-30L powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the IFS10-30L?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 400 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 57 kg net, and ships packed at 925 × 425 × 1110 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the IFS10-30L come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026 labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539817955629,"sku":"IFS10-30L","price":4079.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-single-fryer-with-splashback-ifs10-30l-8873829.png?v=1776341503"},{"product_id":"heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-5x11-gn-pans-1800x790x845mm","title":"Heated Food Display without Glass Top Hold 5x1\/1 GN Pans 1800x790x845mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermaster Premium Wet and Dry Bain Marie Food Display 5x1\/1 GN Pans - PG180FE-XB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGross Volume: 800L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: +35 to +85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian Multiple Heating Element, Built-in water inlet and outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan operate as a wet or dry bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvective thermal air flow \u0026amp; humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating elements submerged in water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Reach Indication light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits GN pans up to 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour Plus 2 Years Parts Only Warranty When Products Registered Within 14 Days Of Invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/2v3DdNAHgH0?si=NzATQI9sYjNnoWtY\" width=\"100%\" height=\"339\" frameborder=\"0\" allowfullscreen=\"allowfullscreen\" data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818545453,"sku":"PG180FE-XB","price":3383.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-5x11-gn-pans-1800x790x845mm-3675609.png?v=1776341508"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-griddle-with-splashback-egp9800","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction Griddle with Splashback EGP9-800","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EGP9-800 is a 900 Series commercial induction griddle with a rear splashback and stainless steel body and stand, built for high-volume cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that want a deeper, heavier-duty griddle station without a gas connection. It runs a mild-steel griddle plate heated by induction from 80°C to 300°C, draws 10 kW on a hard-wired 415V three-phase supply, and sits on a deep 900mm floor-height chassis with an oil tray and open storage below (800 × 900 × 1003 mm, 118 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EGP9-800\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 900-series chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 900mm-deep floor-height body suited to heavier, sustained griddle service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 kW induction heat\u003c\/strong\u003e — flame-free power that heats the plate fast and responds instantly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80°C–300°C plate control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment from searing to steady holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMild-steel griddle plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — a solid, seasonable surface for eggs, meats and breakfast service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in oil tray\u003c\/strong\u003e — collects run-off for tidy, faster clean-down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen storage below\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps trays, pans and spares within reach at the line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEGP9-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEGP9-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEGP9-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction griddle with splashback, floor-height on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°C – 300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooking surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMild steel plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTouch control with knob adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 900 × 1100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e118 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EGP9-800 suits high-turnover cafes, takeaways, diners and restaurant lines that want a deeper, heavier griddle station for sustained all-day breakfast, burgers and teppanyaki-style service. Its 900mm-deep floor-height chassis gives more plate depth and a stable base for a busy line, with a rear splashback fitted as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EGP9-800 is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the unit for airflow; at 118 kg it ships packed at 900 × 900 × 1100 mm and needs two people to position. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the EGP9-800 differ from the EGP7-800?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EGP9-800 is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (800 × 900 × 1003 mm, 118 kg) versus the 700-series 800 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 10 kW induction griddles with a rear splashback.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EGP9-800 powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the EGP9-800 reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The mild-steel griddle plate is controllable from 80°C to 300°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight of the EGP9-800?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 800 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 118 kg net, and ships packed at 900 × 900 × 1100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EGP9-800 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EGP9-800 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does the EGP9-800 differ from the EGP7-800?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EGP9-800 is the 900-series version — a deeper 900mm floor-height chassis (800 × 900 × 1003 mm, 118 kg) versus the 700-series 800 × 700 × 980 mm. Both are 10 kW induction griddles with a rear splashback.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EGP9-800 powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It draws 10 kW on a 415V three-phase (3N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does the EGP9-800 reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The mild-steel griddle plate is controllable from 80°C to 300°C.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight of the EGP9-800?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 800 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 118 kg net, and ships packed at 900 × 900 × 1100 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EGP9-800 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026 labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EGP9-800 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818610989,"sku":"EGP9-800","price":5354.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-griddle-with-splashback-egp9-800-2409006.png?v=1776341500"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-6-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic91200p","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction 6 Buner Cooker with Splashback EIC9-1200P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC9-1200P is a six-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, the flagship of the Electmax 900 Series and built for high-volume restaurants, hotels, clubs and production kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking across a wide line. Each of its six induction zones draws 5 kW for 30 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and sits on a deep 900mm base with storage below and a rear splashback guard (1200 × 900 × 1003 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC9-1200P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 kW of flame-free power to run six pans across a wide line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1200mm-wide 900 Series footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full six-zone cooktop on one 900mm-deep stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand (900 Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 1300 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-1200P suits high-output restaurants, hotels, clubs and production kitchens that need a wide six-zone induction line on a single stand — the capacity to run a full à la carte or banquet service, or to replace a six-burner gas range with flame-free electric cooking. Its 1200mm-wide, 900mm-deep 900 Series stand matches a full cooking line and arrives at a comfortable working height, so it drops straight into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-1200P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1000 × 1300 × 1000 mm and weighs 100 kg net. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC9-1200P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC9-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 30 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC9-1200P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC9-1200P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1200 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 100 kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 1300 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC9-1200P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC9-1200P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC9-1200P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC9-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 30\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC9-1200P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC9-1200P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1200 × 900 × 1003\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H), weighs 100\u0026nbsp;kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 1300 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC9-1200P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC9-1200P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818643757,"sku":"EIC9-1200P","price":6374.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-6-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9-1200p-2954625.png?v=1776341506"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-4-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9800p","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction 4 Buner Cooker with Splashback EIC9-800P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC9-800P is a four-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, part of the Electmax 900 Series and built for cafes, takeaways, restaurants and high-volume commercial kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking across a full line. Each of its four induction zones draws 5 kW for 20 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and sits on a deep 900mm base with storage below and a rear splashback guard (800 × 900 × 1003 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC9-800P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 20 kW of flame-free power to run four pans at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900 Series 900mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra bench depth for larger pots and a stable, matched cooking line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand (900 Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 900 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-800P suits busy restaurants, hotels, clubs and commercial kitchens that need four induction zones on one stand — enough cooktop to run a full à la carte or banquet line, or to replace a four-burner gas range with flame-free electric cooking. Its 900mm-deep 900 Series stand matches a full cooking line and arrives at a comfortable working height, so it drops straight into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-800P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1000 × 900 × 1000 mm and weighs 75 kg net. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC9-800P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC9-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 20 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC9-800P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC9-800P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 800 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 75 kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 900 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC9-800P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC9-800P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC9-800P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC9-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 20\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC9-800P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC9-800P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 800 × 900 × 1003\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H), weighs 75\u0026nbsp;kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 900 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC9-800P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC9-800P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818709293,"sku":"EIC9-800P","price":4674.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-4-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9-800p-4731026.jpg?v=1776341505"},{"product_id":"electmax-900-series-induction-2-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9400p","title":"ElectMax 900 Series Induction 2 Buner Cooker with Splashback EIC9-400P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC9-400P is a two-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, part of the Electmax 900 Series and built for cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking. Each of its two induction zones draws 5 kW for 10 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and sits on a deep 900mm base with storage below and a rear splashback guard (400 × 900 × 1003 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC9-400P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 kW of flame-free power for fast boil and instant response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e900 Series 900mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra bench depth for larger pots and a stable, matched cooking line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC9-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand (900 Series)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 900 × 1003 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 × 500 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-400P suits cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that want two induction zones in a narrow 400mm-wide footprint — ideal for à la carte lines, sauce stations and sites moving from gas to electric induction cooking. Its 900mm-deep 900 Series stand matches a full cooking line and arrives at a comfortable working height, so it drops straight into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC9-400P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1000 × 500 × 1000 mm and weighs 50 kg net. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC9-400P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC9-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 10 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC9-400P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC9-400P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 400 × 900 × 1003 mm (W×D×H), weighs 50 kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 500 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC9-400P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC9-400P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC9-400P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC9-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 10\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC9-400P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC9-400P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 400 × 900 × 1003\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H), weighs 50\u0026nbsp;kg net and ships packed at 1000 × 500 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC9-400P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC9-400P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818774829,"sku":"EIC9-400P","price":2719.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-900-series-induction-2-buner-cooker-with-splashback-eic9-400p-6386464.png?v=1776341500"},{"product_id":"heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-4x11-gn-pans-1460x790x845mm","title":"Heated Food Display without Glass Top Hold 4x1\/1 GN Pans 1460x790x845mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermaster Premium Wet and Dry Bain Marie Food Display 4x1\/1 GN Pans PG150FE-XB\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGross Volume: 600L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 35 to 85°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian Multiple Heating Element, Build in water inlet and outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan operate as wet or dry bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConvective thermal air-flow \u0026amp; humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating elements submerged in water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient storage cabinet under\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Reach Indication light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits GN pans up to 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour Plus 2 Years Parts Only Warranty When Products Registered Within 14 Days Of Invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539818807597,"sku":"PG150FE-XB","price":3128.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/heated-food-display-without-glass-top-hold-4x11-gn-pans-1460x790x845mm-9895914.jpg?v=1776341504"},{"product_id":"thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-4x11-gn-pans-pg150faxg","title":"Thermaster Cold Salad \u0026 Noodle Bar 4x1\/1 GN Pans PG150FA-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermaster Cold Salad \u0026amp; Noodle Bar 4x1\/1 GN Pans PG150FA-XG\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGross Volume: 600L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 4x 1\/1GN\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient: 38\/50\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: +1 to +5°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto defrost with separate control button\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e“Blown well” Cross-flow fan cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCassette cooling system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e220mm deep PE Chopping Board included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic condensation evaporation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinge cabinet doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCome with a storage shelf inside the refrigerated cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temp. controls \u0026amp; read-out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear sliding doors for the serving area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED Lighting Inside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits GN pans up to 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e* GN Pans not included. Pans and dividers must be fitted at all times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e* Cold Tops are holding units \u0026amp; Product needs to be pre-chilled to less than 5°C  before filling the top section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts only Warranty with Product Registration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539830735149,"sku":"PG150FA-XG","price":5941.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-4x11-gn-pans-pg150fa-xg-1466786.jpg?v=1776341457"},{"product_id":"thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-6x11-gn-pans-pg210faxg","title":"Thermaster Cold Salad \u0026 Noodle Bar 6x1\/1 GN Pans PG210FA-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG210FA-XG is a 2140 mm cold bain marie and refrigerated salad or noodle bar, holding six 1\/1 GN pans under a tempered glass canopy at +1 to +5 °C. Blown-well cross-flow (cassette) fan cooling, automatic defrost and three doors of refrigerated under-storage make it suited to salad bars, noodle houses, delis and buffet lines that display cold ingredients while keeping backup stock to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG210FA-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN pan top\u003c\/strong\u003e — presents a full spread of chilled ingredients (pans up to 150 mm deep)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+1 to +5 °C cross-flow fan cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — blown-well cassette system holds food safely across the whole well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2140 mm wide layout\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for high-volume salad and noodle bar service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy with clear sliding doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects food while keeping it on show\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-door refrigerated under-storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps backup stock chilled and within reach\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost with dedicated control button\u003c\/strong\u003e — reduces manual maintenance during trade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied with a 220 mm PE chopping board and internal storage shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready for prep out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG210FA-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Bain Marie \/ Refrigerated Salad \u0026amp; Noodle Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN (up to 150 mm deep)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross Volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+1 to +5 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmbient Operating Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38\/50 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlown-well cross-flow fan (cassette)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDefrost\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic (dedicated control button)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 hinged solid doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTempered glass with clear sliding doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2140 x 790 x 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 x 2240 x 1370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 730W; 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (with product registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG210FA-XG suits salad bars, noodle houses, delis, cafeterias and buffet lines that assemble made-to-order dishes and need a wide, refrigerated display with cold under-counter storage below. Compare more options in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003eCold Bain Maries \u0026amp; Refrigerated Prep Counters\u003c\/a\u003e range, or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e lineup for a matched fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG210FA-XG runs from a 240V 10A outlet and draws 730W, with castors for positioning. Packed dimensions are 840 x 2240 x 1370 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. SilverChef finance is available for approved commercial customers. Full warranty terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Thermaster PG210FA-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The refrigerated top holds six 1\/1 GN pans (up to 150 mm deep), with three doors of chilled under-storage below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does it run at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It maintains +1 to +5 °C using a blown-well cross-flow (cassette) fan system for even temperature across the whole well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How wide is the PG210FA-XG?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The cabinet is 2140 mm wide, suiting high-volume salad and noodle bar service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need manual defrosting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: No. It has automatic defrost with a dedicated control button to reduce hands-on maintenance during service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty comes with the PG210FA-XG?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Two years parts and labour, plus two years parts only with product registration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831652653,"sku":"PG210FA-XG","price":7641.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-6x11-gn-pans-pg210fa-xg-9193406.jpg?v=1776341457"},{"product_id":"thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-6x11-gn-pans-pg210fexg","title":"Thermaster Wet and Dry Bain Marie Display 6x1\/1 GN Pans PG210FE-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG210FE-XG is a 2140mm wet-and-dry hot bain marie display that holds up to six 1\/1 GN pans of hot food between 35 and 85°C. With a tempered glass canopy, halogen lighting and clear sliding serving doors, it presents and holds cooked dishes for bistros, cafeterias, takeaways and carveries running a hot service line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the PG210FE-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN pan capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a full hot display line in one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet and dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — run with a water bath or dry to suit the service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35–85°C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds a broad spread of hot dishes at safe serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — a clear customer view with heat retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalogen lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps food looking fresh and appetising under warm light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear sliding serving doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — easy rear access for staff to replenish pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2140mm width on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — a substantial service line that still rolls for cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V electric\u003c\/strong\u003e — plug-in operation, no gas connection required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG210FE-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x 1\/1 GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2140(W) x 790(D) x 1280(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840(W) x 2230(D) x 1370(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e175 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSliding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 months — 2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts Only with Product Registration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe wide six-pan format suits bistros, cafeterias, takeaways, carveries and canteens serving hot food from a display line where presentation and holding temperature both matter. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlug-in on 240V electric — no gas connection needed — and mounted on castors for positioning and cleaning. Product dimensions are 2140(W) x 790(D) x 1280(H)mm at 175kg; check access against the packed footprint of 840 x 2230 x 1370mm before delivery. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. SilverChef finance is available for approved commercial buyers. Every unit is backed by its Thermaster manufacturer \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans does the PG210FE-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix 1\/1 GN pans across a 2140mm display line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it run dry or with water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it operates in both wet and dry modes, so you can run a water bath or dry-heat as the service suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e35 to 85°C — a hot-holding range for cooked food, not refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do staff access and replenish the food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThrough the clear sliding serving doors at the rear of the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need a gas connection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it runs on 240V electric and is mounted on castors so it can be repositioned for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831685421,"sku":"PG210FE-XG","price":4658.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-6x11-gn-pans-pg210fe-xg-3661654.jpg?v=1776341455"},{"product_id":"thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-5x11-gn-pans-pg180fexg","title":"Thermaster Wet and Dry Bain Marie Display 5x 1\/1 GN Pans PG180FE-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eThermaster PG180FE-XG Wet \u0026amp; Dry Bain Marie Display\u003c\/strong\u003e is a commercial-grade hot food display that holds up to \u003cstrong\u003e5x 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e and can run as either a wet or dry bain marie. With a tempered glass canopy, clear sliding serving doors and an 800L gross volume, it keeps prepared food at safe serving temperatures across cafeterias, bistros, canteens, buffets and hospitality service lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeating elements sit submerged in water for even, gentle holding across a 35-85°C range, while a halogen heat lamp with its own switch keeps the top of the display warm. An ambient under-cabinet with sliding doors adds practical storage, and the all-stainless-steel body on castors makes the unit easy to clean and reposition. It is a hot-holding display only and is not designed to cook or reheat product, so food should be loaded pre-heated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG180FE-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet \u0026amp; Dry Bain Marie Display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x 1\/1 GN pans (up to 150mm deep)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGross Volume\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35-85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800(W) x 790(D) x 1280(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840(W) x 1850(D) x 1400(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e143 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (with product registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eGN pans not included. Pans and dividers must be fitted at all times during operation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates as a wet (water bath) or dry bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds 5x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClear sliding serving doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHalogen heat lamp with light cover and separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeating elements submerged in water for even holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control and display with temperature-reach indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmbient under-cabinet with sliding doors for storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforated pan divider\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll stainless steel, streamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounted on castors for easy repositioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHot food holding only (not designed to cook or reheat product)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ecommercial hot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or browse the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-displays\"\u003ecommercial food displays\u003c\/a\u003e to find the right configuration for your venue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSilverChef finance options are available on this unit, and it is backed by Thermaster's manufacturer warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans does the PG180FE-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 5x 1\/1 GN pans up to 150mm deep. GN pans are not included and must be fitted, along with the divider, during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used as both a wet and dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The PG180FE-XG can operate as a wet bain marie with water in the well, or as a dry bain marie, depending on the food being held.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it operate at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds food between 35 and 85°C using an analogue temperature control, with a temperature-reach indicator light and analogue display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it cook or reheat food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a hot food holding display only and is not designed to heat product. Load food that has already been cooked and brought up to temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt carries 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour plus a further 2 Years Parts Only when you register the product. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831750957,"sku":"PG180FE-XG","price":3978.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-5x11-gn-pans-pg180fe-xg-4033966.jpg?v=1776341455"},{"product_id":"thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-4x11-gn-pans-pg150fexg","title":"Thermaster Wet and Dry Bain Marie Display 4x1\/1 GN Pans PG150FE-XG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG150FE-XG is a wet-and-dry hot bain marie display that holds hot food at safe serving temperature behind a tempered glass canopy. It takes four 1\/1-size GN pans (up to 150mm deep), runs a 35–85°C range and can operate wet or dry — a versatile countertop hot display for cafes, takeaways, bakeries, canteens and catering operations serving hot food across the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PG150FE-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 1\/1 GN hot holding\u003c\/strong\u003e — presents a wide hot-food range for made-to-order or grab-and-go service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35–85°C temperature range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds soups, curries, roasts and sides at safe serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet and dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — run with or without water to suit the menu\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps food visible and protected at the service front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalogen lamp\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds top heat and lifts hot-food presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to daily commercial use and repositions easily for cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG150FE-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN (pans up to 150mm deep)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35–85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1460 × 790 × 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 × 1520 × 1390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 months — 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG150FE-XG suits cafes, takeaways, bakeries, canteens and catering operations that serve hot food from a display counter. Wet-and-dry operation and a full 35–85°C range make it flexible across breakfast, lunch and all-day hot service. Compare the full range in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or browse every model in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG150FE-XG runs on a 240V electric supply and sits on castors for easy repositioning. At 1460mm wide and 125kg net, position it on a level, supported surface with clearance at the service front. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. All Thermaster equipment is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many GN pans does the PG150FE-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt takes four 1\/1-size GN pans, accommodating pans up to 150mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds a 35–85°C range for safe hot-food service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it run without water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it operates both wet and dry, so staff can run it with or without water to suit the menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have overhead heating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a halogen lamp for top heat and improved hot-food presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 years parts and labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539831783725,"sku":"PG150FE-XG","price":3638.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-display-4x11-gn-pans-pg150fe-xg-1237071.jpg?v=1776341455"},{"product_id":"bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14tc","title":"Bonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM14TC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM14TC\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 4x 1\/1GN or double row ½ GN pan  (Pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine can operate as dry and wet bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35 to +85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan divider included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan take pan up to 100mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm White Light with stainless steel light cover and separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhances food presentation whilst keeping food at correct serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e304 Grade Stainless steel construction with tubular frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety lock ball valve drain at the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Reach Indication light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax water level line sign in tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverhead heating lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear tempered 5mm glass sliding door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8mm tempered glass cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional trolley also available: please see BMT models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour Plus 2 Years Parts Only Warranty When Products Registered Within 14 Days Of Invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832078637,"sku":"BM14TC","price":1912.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14tc-7367727.jpg?v=1776341454"},{"product_id":"bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11tc","title":"Bonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM11TC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM11TC\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 3x 1\/1GN or double row ½ GN pan  (Pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe machine can operate as dry and wet bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35 to +85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan divider included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan take pan up to 100mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm White Light with stainless steel light cover and a separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhances food presentation whilst keeping food at the correct serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e304 Grade Stainless steel construction with a tubular frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety lock ball valve drain at the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Reach Indication light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax water level line sign in tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverhead heating lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear tempered 5mm glass sliding door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8mm tempered glass cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional trolley also available: please see BMT models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour Plus 2 Years Parts Only Warranty When Products Registered Within 14 Days Of Invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832111405,"sku":"BM11TC","price":1631.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11tc-7709452.jpg?v=1776341454"},{"product_id":"bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17sc","title":"Bonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM17SC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue BM17SC is a countertop wet and dry bain marie that keeps sauces, soups, curries and plated meals at a safe serving temperature — built for bistros, buffets, canteens and takeaway counters. It holds 5 × 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of ½ GN) up to 100mm deep across a +35°C to +85°C range and can run as a wet water bath or dry. Built from 304-grade stainless steel with an Italian heating element, overhead heat lamps and an 8mm tempered glass cover, it is made for heavy daily service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BM17SC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet or dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs as a wet water bath or dry heat to suit different menus and pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35°C to +85°C temperature range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds sauces, soups and plated food at safe serving temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel with tubular frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to heavy daily commercial use and wipes down easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/strong\u003e — delivers even, reliable heat across the pan area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverhead heating lamps and warm-white light\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep food hot from above while lifting presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8mm tempered glass cover and 5mm rear sliding door\u003c\/strong\u003e — protect food and give staff easy serving access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety-lock ball valve drain\u003c\/strong\u003e — empties the water bath quickly and safely from the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnalogue temperature control with reach indicator\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple, at-a-glance temperature management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM17SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountertop wet \u0026amp; dry hot bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 1\/1 GN pans (or double row ½ GN), pans not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pan depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35°C to +85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3301W, 15A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating element\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItalian\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm tempered cover, 5mm rear sliding door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1721 × 624 × 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1770 × 690 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour plus 2 years parts only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BM17SC suits bistros, buffets, canteens, pubs and takeaway counters that hold hot food at the servery for extended periods. Its wet-or-dry operation and 5 × 1\/1 GN capacity make it flexible across menus. It is less suited to cooking food from raw or to holding chilled product. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BM17SC connects to a single-phase 15A supply (3301W) and, for wet operation, is filled to the marked water line — a rear safety-lock ball valve drains it quickly, with no plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Finance is available through SilverChef. For full warranty terms see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans does the Bonvue BM17SC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 5 × 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of ½ GN) up to 100mm deep, with a pan divider included. Pans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the BM17SC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds food from +35°C to +85°C and can run as either a wet water bath or a dry bain marie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the BM17SC run dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It operates as both a wet water bath and a dry bain marie to suit different foods and pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the BM17SC need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on a single-phase 15A supply and draws 3301W. No plumbing connection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the BM17SC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is covered by 2 years parts and labour plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice. See our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832176941,"sku":"BM17SC","price":2218.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17sc-8811124.jpg?v=1776341454"},{"product_id":"bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17tc","title":"Bonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM17TC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue Angled Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM17TC\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 5x 1\/1GN or double row ½ GN pan  (Pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine can operate as dry and wet bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range: +35 to +85\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan divider included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan take pan up to 100mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarm White Light with stainless steel light cover and separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhances food presentation whilst keeping food at correct serving temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e304 Grade Stainless steel construction with tubular frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety lock ball valve drain at the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Reach Indication light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue temperature display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax water level line sign in tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverhead heating lamps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear tempered 5mm glass sliding door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8mm tempered glass cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional trolley also available: please see BMT models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour Plus 2 Years Parts Only Warranty When Products Registered Within 14 Days Of Invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832242477,"sku":"BM17TC","price":2218.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-angled-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm17tc-7544764.jpg?v=1776341452"},{"product_id":"thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-5x11-gn-pans-pg180faxg","title":"Thermaster PG180FA-XG Cold Salad \u0026 Noodle Bar 5×1\/1 GN Pans 1800mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster PG180FA-XG is an 1800mm cold salad and noodle bar that keeps assembled dishes and prepped ingredients chilled and on display right at the point of service. Sized for five 1\/1 GN pans and holding +1 to +5°C with cross-flow blown-well fan cooling under a tempered glass canopy, it suits salad bars, noodle and poke shops, delis and buffet lines serving made-to-order cold food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the PG180FA-XG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive 1\/1 GN pan capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — lay out a full range of toppings and prepped components at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+1 to +5°C holding\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps cold food safely in the display window through service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCross-flow blown-well fan cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — even chilling across every pan, front to back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered glass canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects food and gives customers a clear view of the offer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo hinged rear-access doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — refrigerated storage under the well for back-up stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/strong\u003e — reliable operation without manual intervention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — hard-wearing and easy to keep clean in a service area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1800mm serving width\u003c\/strong\u003e — generous frontage for a busy assembly or buffet line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePG180FA-XG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 × 1\/1 GN pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross volume\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+1 to +5°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax ambient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38°C @ 50% RH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 hinged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 × 790 × 1280 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 × 1850 × 1370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e179 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 662W\/10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months — 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts only (with product registration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PG180FA-XG is made for front-of-house assembly — salad and poke bars, noodle shops, sandwich counters, delicatessens and buffet service where cold ingredients are displayed and served to order. Its 1800mm width gives ample room to lay out a full topping range. Browse the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or see every model in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a plug-in unit running on a 240V electric supply; site it clear of direct heat sources and allow airflow around the cabinet for the cooling well to perform. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. Full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e is available on our warranty page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many GN pans does the PG180FA-XG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt accommodates five 1\/1 GN pans across the serving well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature does it maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds cold food at +1 to +5°C, rated for ambient conditions up to 38°C at 50% relative humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1800mm wide × 790mm deep × 1280mm high. Packed for transport it measures 840 × 1850 × 1370 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the cabinet made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe body is stainless steel with a tempered glass canopy, with two hinged doors giving refrigerated storage beneath the well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt carries 24 months parts and labour, plus a further 2 years parts-only cover with product registration. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832340781,"sku":"PG180FA-XG","price":6791.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-cold-salad-noodle-bar-5x11-gn-pans-pg180fa-xg-3262433.jpg?v=1776341452"},{"product_id":"bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14sc","title":"Bonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM14SC","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue BM14SC is a countertop wet and dry bain marie that holds sauces, soups, curries and plated meals at safe serving temperature, built for bistros, buffets, canteens and takeaway counters. It fits 4 × 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of ½ GN) up to 100mm deep across a +35°C to +85°C range and can run as a wet water bath or dry. Built from 304-grade stainless steel with an Italian heating element, overhead heat lamps and an 8mm tempered glass cover, it is made for heavy daily service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the BM14SC\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWet or dry operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — run it as a wet water bath or dry heat to suit different menus and pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+35°C to +85°C temperature range\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds sauces, soups and plated food at safe serving temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304-grade stainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to heavy daily commercial use and cleans down easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/strong\u003e — delivers even, reliable heat across the pan area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverhead heat lamps\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep food hot from above while lifting presentation at the servery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8mm tempered glass cover and 5mm rear sliding door\u003c\/strong\u003e — protect food and give staff easy serving access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnalogue temperature control with pan divider included\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple, at-a-glance management with flexible pan layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM14SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountertop wet \u0026amp; dry bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 1\/1 GN pans (or double row ½ GN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35°C to +85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3000W, 15A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1388 × 624 × 720 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1440 × 690 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating element\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItalian\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8mm tempered cover, 5mm rear sliding door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalogue temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour plus 2 years parts only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BM14SC suits bistros, buffets, canteens, pubs and takeaway counters that hold hot food at the servery for extended periods. Its wet-or-dry operation and 4 × 1\/1 GN (or double row ½ GN) capacity make it flexible across menus. It is less suited to cooking food from raw or to holding chilled product. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BM14SC connects to a single-phase 15A supply (3000W) and, for wet operation, is filled to the marked water line — a rear safety-lock ball valve drains it quickly, so no plumbing connection is required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. SilverChef finance is available for approved commercial buyers. For full warranty terms see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many pans does the Bonvue BM14SC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It fits 4 × 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of ½ GN) up to 100mm deep, with a pan divider included. Pans are not supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the BM14SC run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It operates as both a wet water bath and a dry bain marie, so you can match the method to different foods and pans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the BM14SC hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It holds food from +35°C to +85°C, controlled by an analogue dial for simple at-a-glance management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the BM14SC need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It runs on a single-phase 15A supply and draws 3000W. No plumbing connection is required — the water bath is filled and drained via the rear ball valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty comes with the BM14SC?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It comes with 2 years parts \u0026amp; labour plus 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832471853,"sku":"BM14SC","price":1912.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm14sc-1032437.jpg?v=1776341451"},{"product_id":"bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11sc","title":"Bonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM11SC","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue Square Countertop Wet and Dry Bain Marie BM11SC\u003c\/strong\u003e is a commercial food-holding unit that keeps plated and pan-service dishes at the correct serving temperature during busy trade. It fits 3x 1\/1 GN pans (or a double row of 1\/2 GN) and can run as either a wet or dry bain marie, giving front-of-house and buffet operators one flexible display for hot food service. Pans are not included. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/hot-bain-marie\"\u003ehot bain marie range\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 3x 1\/1 GN or double-row 1\/2 GN pans (pans not included)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperates as both a wet and dry bain marie\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range +35 to +85°C with analogue control, display and temperature-reach indicator light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTakes pans up to 100 mm deep; pan divider included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverhead heat lamps plus warm-white light with stainless cover and separate switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e304-grade stainless steel construction with tubular frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian heating element\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear tempered 5 mm glass sliding door and 8 mm tempered glass cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety-lock ball-valve drain at the rear and max water-level line in the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStreamlined design for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional matching trolley available (see BMT models)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBM11SC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3x 1\/1 GN (or double row 1\/2 GN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+35 to +85°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2194W \/ 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304-grade stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1055(W) x 624(D) x 720(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1110(W) x 690(D) x 850(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit is covered by a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour plus 2 Years Parts Only warranty when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. See full terms on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit-out on a budget? Commercial finance is available through SilverChef to help spread the cost of your kitchen equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many pans does the Bonvue BM11SC bain marie hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 3x 1\/1 GN pans, or a double row of 1\/2 GN pans. Pans are not included and can take a depth of up to 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan the BM11SC run as a dry bain marie?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The BM11SC can operate as both a wet (water-filled) and a dry bain marie, so you can choose the holding method that suits each dish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit holds food between +35 and +85°C using analogue temperature control, with a display and a temperature-reach indicator light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the BM11SC made from?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is built from 304-grade stainless steel with a tubular frame, an Italian heating element, a rear tempered 5 mm glass sliding door and an 8 mm tempered glass cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat warranty comes with the Bonvue BM11SC?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt carries a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty plus an additional 2 Years Parts Only warranty when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. See our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539832504621,"sku":"BM11SC","price":1835.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-square-countertop-wet-and-dry-bain-marie-bm11sc-6505138.jpg?v=1776341451"},{"product_id":"hot-counter-passthrough-model-acc180","title":"Hot Counter Pass-through Model ACC-180","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFagor Hot Counter Pass-through Model ACC-180\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eDesigned to keep food hot in kitchen area, before its\u003cbr\u003edistribution or service\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eInternally and externally made of stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eForced-air heating system\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eDouble-wall doors, ecological CFC-free, polyurethane insulated\u003cbr\u003ewith a density of 40 kg\/m3\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eReinforced structure and insulation, body with rounded edges\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eIntermediate undershelf included\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThermostat control to maintain temperature at desired setpoint\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAnalog thermometer\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eAuto safety operating pilot\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStainless steel legs with adjustable working height\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional Information\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e2 sliding doors at each side\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHeating by stainless steel shielded resistors\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eThermostatic temperature control 30 °C ~ 90 °C\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMain switch\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eOperation indicator\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eMiddle shelf\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eVentilated heating\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eHot counters\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty: 2 Years Parts and Labour\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003ePower: \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fagor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539833782573,"sku":"ACC-180","price":8992.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/hot-counter-pass-through-model-acc-180-7343648.png?v=1776003126"},{"product_id":"jd-uc340-cb","title":"Modular Systems Cuttery Bin To Suit Trolley JD-UC340-CB","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJD-UC340-CB Cuttery bin to suit trolley\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/p\u003ePower: \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"F.E.D","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539837649197,"sku":"JD-UC340-CB","price":28.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-cuttery-bin-to-suit-trolley-jd-uc340-cb-8290404.jpg?v=1776341382"},{"product_id":"electmax-700-series-induction-4burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7800p","title":"ElectMAX 700 Series Induction 4-Burner Cooker with Splashback EIC7-800P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC7-800P is a four-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, built for restaurants, hotels, pubs and high-volume commercial kitchens that need serious flame-free output across a full cooking line. Each of its four induction zones draws 5 kW for 20 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and stands 980mm high with storage below and a rear splashback guard (800 × 700 × 980 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC7-800P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 20 kW of flame-free power to run four pans at full noise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat on every zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timers\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so a busy line can multitask across zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-800P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 700 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e900 × 800 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-800P suits restaurants, hotels, pubs and high-volume commercial kitchens that need four induction zones on one unit — a strong fit for main cooking lines replacing four-burner gas ranges with cooler, faster induction. It arrives on its own stand at a comfortable 980mm working height, ready to sit in the middle of a busy line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-800P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician; its 20 kW load needs correctly rated wiring. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 900 × 800 × 1000 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC7-800P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC7-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 20 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC7-800P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC7-800P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 800 × 700 × 980 mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 900 × 800 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC7-800P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC7-800P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC7-800P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC7-800P has four induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 20\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC7-800P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC7-800P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 800 × 700 × 980\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 900 × 800 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC7-800P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC7-800P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539847414061,"sku":"EIC7-800P","price":4504.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-700-series-induction-4-burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7-800p-7158431.png?v=1776341324"},{"product_id":"electmax-700-series-induction-6burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic71200p","title":"ElectMAX 700 Series Induction 6-Burner Cooker with Splashback EIC7-1200P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC7-1200P is a six-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, built for large restaurants, hotels, function kitchens and high-throughput sites that need a full induction cooking line on one unit. Each of its six induction zones draws 5 kW for 30 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and stands 980mm high with storage below and a rear splashback guard (1200 × 700 × 980 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC7-1200P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSix 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 30 kW of flame-free power to run six pans across a full line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat on every zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timers\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking across all six zones for a high-volume pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1200mm-wide base for pans and trays; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-1200P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 × 700 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1300 × 800 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-1200P suits large restaurants, hotels, function centres and high-throughput commercial kitchens that need six induction zones on a single unit — a full-width main line replacing six-burner gas ranges with cooler, faster induction. It arrives on its own stand at a comfortable 980mm working height, ready to anchor a busy cooking line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-1200P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician; its 30 kW load needs correctly rated wiring. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 1300 × 800 × 1000 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC7-1200P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC7-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 30 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC7-1200P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC7-1200P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1200 × 700 × 980 mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 1300 × 800 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC7-1200P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC7-1200P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC7-1200P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC7-1200P has six induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 30\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC7-1200P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it to correctly rated wiring.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus 0–180 minute timers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC7-1200P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 1200 × 700 × 980\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 1300 × 800 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC7-1200P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC7-1200P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539847512365,"sku":"EIC7-1200P","price":6204.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-700-series-induction-6-burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7-1200p-2394291.jpg?v=1776341257"},{"product_id":"electmax-700-series-induction-2burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7400p","title":"ElectMAX 700 Series Induction 2-Burner Cooker with Splashback EIC7-400P","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax EIC7-400P is a two-burner commercial induction cooker with a stainless steel body and stand, built for cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that need fast, flame-free cooking on a compact footprint. Each of its two induction zones draws 5 kW for 10 kW of total power (hard-wired 415V three-phase), heats a ceramic glass cooktop across a 60°C to 240°C range, and stands 980mm high with storage below and a rear splashback guard (400 × 700 × 980 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EIC7-400P\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 5 kW induction zones\u003c\/strong\u003e — 10 kW of flame-free power for fast boil and instant response.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeramic glass cooktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — heats the pan, not the kitchen, and wipes clean in seconds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60°C–240°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — touch control with knob adjustment for precise, repeatable heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade build that resists corrosion through hard service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 min timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed cooking so the line can work other stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnder-cooktop storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — room for pans and trays below; optional cabinet door available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectric overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — guards the unit during long, busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear splashback guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the wall behind the cooking line clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEIC7-400P\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction cooker on stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction zones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower per zone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V three-phase (3~N), hard-wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60°C – 240°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 – 180 min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCooktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 700 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 800 × 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel body and stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour + 1 year parts only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-400P suits cafes, takeaways, restaurants and commercial kitchens that want two induction zones in a narrow 400mm footprint — ideal for à la carte lines, sauce stations and sites moving from gas to electric induction cooking. It arrives on its own stand at a comfortable 980mm working height, so it drops straight into a cooking line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003einduction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EIC7-400P is hard-wired — no plug is supplied — and must be connected to a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply by a licensed electrician. Allow clearance at the rear for the splashback and around the stand for airflow; it ships packed at 500 × 800 × 1000 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many cooking zones does the EIC7-400P have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EIC7-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5 kW for 10 kW of total power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the EIC7-400P powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the EIC7-400P?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 400 × 700 × 980 mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 500 × 800 × 1000 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EIC7-400P come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the EIC7-400P ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many cooking zones does the EIC7-400P have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EIC7-400P has two induction zones, each rated at 5\u0026nbsp;kW for 10\u0026nbsp;kW of total power.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the EIC7-400P powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a 415V three-phase (3~N) supply and is hard-wired — no plug is supplied, so a licensed electrician must connect it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it cover?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The ceramic glass cooktop cooks across a 60°C to 240°C range, with touch control and knob adjustment plus a 0–180 minute timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the EIC7-400P?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 400 × 700 × 980\u0026nbsp;mm (W×D×H) and ships packed at 500 × 800 × 1000\u0026nbsp;mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EIC7-400P come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the EIC7-400P ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539847577901,"sku":"EIC7-400P","price":2549.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-700-series-induction-2-burner-cooker-with-splashback-eic7-400p-1684394.png?v=1776341253"},{"product_id":"bonvue-stainless-steel-double-cabinet-plate-warmer-120-plates-pwde","title":"Bonvue Stainless Steel Double Cabinet Plate Warmer 120 Plates PW-DE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue PW-DE is a double stainless steel plate warmer that holds up to 120 plates hot and service-ready, built for restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens. It keeps crockery at up to 80°C in a 750mm-wide external cabinet, so hot food is always plated onto warm plates. Stainless steel construction and adjustable internal shelving stand up to heavy daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PW-DE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — withstands the knocks and daily cleaning of a busy pass or servery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 80°C holding temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps plates warm so hot food is plated onto warm crockery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120-plate capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds enough warm plates for medium to large service without constant refilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble cabinet layout\u003c\/strong\u003e — organises warm plates for quick access at the pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable internal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e — reconfigures with optional shelves and clips to suit plate sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V 10A operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a standard outlet with no special supply or plumbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-DE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate warmer (holding cabinet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 750W; 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 485 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710 × 400 × 660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e790 × 510 × 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 80°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PW-DE suits restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens running medium to large covers that need warm plates ready at the pass. Its 120-plate capacity and up-to-80°C holding keep crockery service-ready. It is designed to warm crockery only, not to hold or warm food. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/holding-cabinets\"\u003eholding cabinets\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PW-DE runs on a standard 240V 10A single-phase outlet (750W) and needs no plumbing — position it near the pass and switch on. Optional shelves and clips let you reconfigure the internal layout. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. For full warranty terms see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plates does the Bonvue PW-DE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds up to 120 plates warm and ready for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature does the PW-DE reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds crockery at up to 80°C so plates are warm at the pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the PW-DE?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 750 × 485 × 850mm externally, with an internal space of 710 × 400 × 660mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the PW-DE need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 240V single-phase 10A outlet; it draws 750W and needs no plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the PW-DE?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 12-month parts and labour warranty; see our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539871170861,"sku":"PW-DE","price":1104.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-stainless-steel-double-cabinet-plate-warmer-120-plates-pw-de-1571449.jpg?v=1776428827"},{"product_id":"bonvue-stainless-steel-single-cabinet-plate-warmer-60-plates-pwse","title":"Bonvue Stainless Steel Single Cabinet Plate Warmer 60 Plates PW-SE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bonvue PW-SE is a single stainless steel plate warmer that keeps up to 60 plates hot and ready for service, built for restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens. It holds crockery at up to 80°C in an external 450mm-wide cabinet, so hot food is always plated onto warm plates. Stainless steel construction and adjustable internal shelving stand up to heavy daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the PW-SE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — withstands the knocks and daily cleaning of a busy pass or servery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 80°C holding temperature\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps plates warm so hot food is plated onto warm crockery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-plate capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds enough warm plates for small to medium service without constant refilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle cabinet layout\u003c\/strong\u003e — organises warm plates for quick access at the pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable internal shelving\u003c\/strong\u003e — reconfigures with optional shelves (PW-S-13) and clips (PW-S-13A) to suit plate sizes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V 10A operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a standard outlet with no special supply or plumbing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-SE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate warmer (holding cabinet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 750W; 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 485 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e410 × 400 × 660 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 490 × 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 80°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PW-SE suits restaurants, cafes, function venues and canteens running small to medium covers that need warm plates ready at the pass. Its 60-plate capacity and up-to-80°C holding are ideal for keeping crockery service-ready. It is not designed to hold or warm food itself, only crockery. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/holding-cabinets\"\u003eholding cabinets\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe PW-SE runs on a standard 240V 10A single-phase outlet (750W) and needs no plumbing — position it near the pass and switch on. Optional shelves and clips let you reconfigure the internal layout. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Finance is available through SilverChef. For full warranty terms see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many plates does the Bonvue PW-SE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds up to 60 plates warm and ready for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature does the PW-SE reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds crockery at up to 80°C so plates are warm at the pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the external dimensions of the PW-SE?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 450 × 485 × 850mm externally, with an internal space of 410 × 400 × 660mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power does the PW-SE need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard 240V single-phase 10A outlet; it draws 750W and needs no plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty comes with the PW-SE?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 12-month parts and labour warranty; see our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539871662381,"sku":"PW-SE","price":679.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-stainless-steel-single-cabinet-plate-warmer-60-plates-pw-se-7791798.jpg?v=1776428772"},{"product_id":"benchstar-stainless-steel-induction-wok-w-led-display-iw350","title":"Benchstar IW350 Stainless Steel Induction Wok with LED Display 3.5kW","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar IW350 is a commercial 3.5 kW induction wok built for Asian, fusion, and high-output kitchens that need fast, controllable wok heat without gas. A 260 mm wok ring, touch-control LED display, 10 power levels (500–3500 W), a 60–240 °C temperature range, and a 0–180 minute timer make it a precise alternative to gas wok burners, with electronic overheat protection built in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 kW induction power\u003c\/strong\u003e — wok-burner-class output with instant on\/off response\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260 mm wok ring\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard commercial round-bottom carbon steel woks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 power levels (500–3500 W)\u003c\/strong\u003e — fine control from gentle simmer to flat-out stir-fry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature range 60–240 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers warming, sautéing, deep-frying, and searing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–180 minute LED timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — set-and-forget sauces, stocks, or braises\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body + electronic overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial durability with safety built in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW350\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercial induction wok\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kW (10 levels, 500–3500 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWok ring diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–240 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–180 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay \/ control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED display, touch control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible cookware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, cast iron, enamelled iron round-bottom pans and pots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic overheat protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 15 A single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 × 430 × 135 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e335 × 425 × 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year return to base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for Asian restaurants, fusion kitchens, food trucks, training kitchens, and any commercial venue that wants induction-grade controllability without running gas. The 15 A single-phase requirement makes it a practical drop-in alternative to one wok burner in an existing line — no three-phase wiring needed. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/induction-cooking\"\u003ecommercial induction cooking\u003c\/a\u003e range or compare it against every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/woks\"\u003ecommercial wok\u003c\/a\u003e we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the IW350 run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it needs a 15 A single-phase circuit, not the standard 10 A wall outlet. Total draw is 3.5 kW. A licensed electrician can install or confirm a 15 A outlet; most commercial kitchens already have at least one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat cookware works on this induction wok?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRound-bottom carbon steel woks (the standard Asian wok), cast iron, enamelled iron, and other steel or iron round-bottom pans and pots. Aluminium, copper, and ceramic cookware will not work — induction needs ferromagnetic cookware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 260 mm wok ring compare to a gas wok burner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 260 mm ring fits typical 14–16″ commercial round-bottom woks. Output (3.5 kW) is in the class of a single gas wok burner — not as fierce as a high-pressure Chinese wok burner, but with much faster on\/off response and no exhaust load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan it replace one gas wok burner on my line?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with caveats: you will need a 15 A single-phase outlet at the wok station instead of a gas line, and your menu should suit induction’s slightly slower wok-toss response than an open flame. Many fusion kitchens run induction woks alongside gas burners for the dishes where each shines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty does the IW350 carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 year return-to-base. Note this is shorter than a typical commercial cooking warranty — the IW350 is positioned as a value-tier or supplementary unit. Full terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page. Business finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539880771885,"sku":"IW350","price":339.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-stainless-steel-induction-wok-w-led-display-iw350-6127404.jpg?v=1776428649"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-utility-trolley-only-jduc3401","title":"Modular Systems JD-UC340-1 3-Shelf Polypropylene Utility Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eModular Systems JD-UC340-1 Utility Trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight three-shelf mobile trolley for moving stock, tools, dishes and equipment around a busy commercial kitchen. Built from polypropylene shelves on aluminium uprights and running on swivel castors, it keeps prep, service and cleaning areas clear without the weight of a steel unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupplied as the trolley only, it is ideal for larger kitchens, cafes and catering operations that need to group and shift multiple items in a single trip. Optional add-on bins keep the platform flexible as your workflow changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree moulded polypropylene shelves with handy storage baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel castors for easy manoeuvring in tight kitchen spaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium uprights with recessed moulded handles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100kg total load capacity across the whole set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional bin and cutlery bin available as extras\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJD-UC340-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtility Trolley (trolley only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShelves\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene shelves, aluminium uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100kg (total, whole set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCastors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWidth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000(W) x 530(D) x 230(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more mobile storage in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003ecatering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e range, or pair it with fixed storage from our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-shelving\"\u003ecommercial shelving\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the JD-UC340-1 utility trolley made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves are moulded polypropylene mounted on aluminium uprights, making the trolley light to push while still handling everyday kitchen loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the trolley hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JD-UC340-1 has a 100kg total load capacity across the whole set of three shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree shelves, each with handy storage baskets, plus swivel castors for easy movement around the kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with bins?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the trolley only. A bin and a cutlery bin are available as optional extras to suit your workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty and finance are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley carries a 12 Months Parts Only warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page. SilverChef equipment finance is available for eligible commercial buyers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539883000109,"sku":"JD-UC340-1","price":148.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-utility-trolley-only-jd-uc340-1-3139491.jpg?v=1776002529"},{"product_id":"benchstar-single-tank-induction-fryer-if3500s","title":"Benchstar Single Tank Induction Fryer IF3500S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar IF3500S is an 8-litre single-tank induction fryer built for food trucks, small commercial kitchens, pop-up catering, and any site where bench space and clean cook-time matter more than bulk output. Induction transfers heat directly to the oil rather than the surrounding air, so the unit reaches temperature quickly and recovers fast between basket drops, with up to 90% energy efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose-the-if3500s\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IF3500S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 L oil capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for continuous service at a café, snack bar, or small pub kitchen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInduction heat, fast recovery\u003c\/strong\u003e — back to temperature quickly after each basket drop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital touch control, 60–190 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — precise for different oils and food types\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLED timer 0–120 min\u003c\/strong\u003e — set-and-forget cooking for repeatable results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body with removable oil tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — wash-down friendly at end of shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes basket, stainless steel oil filter and lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to run on delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 288 × 478 mm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits where larger floor fryers won’t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIF3500S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–190 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–120 minutes, LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital touch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeating method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInduction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnergy efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 90%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWattage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAmperage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 A (requires a 15 A outlet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e288 × 478 × 410 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil tank dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e248–228 × 300–287.7 × 202 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBasket dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190 × 230 × 145 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e565 × 350 × 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBasket, stainless steel oil filter, lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months, return-to-base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to food trucks, small cafés, snack bars, catering vans, and pop-up kitchens. Ideal as a secondary fryer in a larger kitchen — a chips-only, gluten-free, or dessert line. For high-volume venues running continuous fryer service, step up to a dual-tank floor fryer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-notes\"\u003eInstallation notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IF3500S draws 15 A on a 240 V single-phase circuit, so it \u003cstrong\u003ewill not run on a standard 10 A wall socket\u003c\/strong\u003e. A 15 A outlet (or a qualified electrician to install one) is required. Food trucks should confirm the mobile power source supports a 15 A continuous draw before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the IF3500S plug into a standard Australian wall socket?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It draws 15 A on 240 V single-phase, so it needs a dedicated 15 A outlet, not a standard 10 A household socket. An electrician can install a 15 A outlet, and most commercial kitchens already have them. Food trucks should confirm the generator or mobile power supply supports a 15 A continuous draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much oil does the tank hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tank holds 8 litres. Running oil level depends on what you are frying — chips typically want the tank filled to about 80% capacity to prevent boil-over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is induction different from a conventional fryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInduction heats the oil directly through the tank base rather than heating an element and transferring that heat to the oil. The result is faster preheat, faster recovery after basket drops, and up to 90% energy efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the fryer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit ships with a frying basket, a stainless steel oil filter, and a lid, so it is ready to run on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe IF3500S is covered by a 12-month return-to-base warranty — the unit is sent back to the service point for warranty repair rather than serviced on-site, which is industry standard for benchtop equipment. Full terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-benchtop-deep-fryers\"\u003eBrowse all commercial benchtop deep fryers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eSee the full Benchstar range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539901481261,"sku":"IF3500S","price":475.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-single-tank-induction-fryer-if3500s-4181902.png?v=1776428349"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc103","title":"Modular Systems Stainless Steel Trolley YC-103","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-103 is a three-shelf stainless steel trolley built for commercial kitchens, bakeries, and service areas that need durable mobile storage without breaking the budget. With a 150 kg load rating, four castors (two with brakes), and a flat-pack delivery for easy install, the YC-103 is a workhorse for bussing, prep-to-line transfers, or general back-of-house logistics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"key-features\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree shelves with standard lip\u003c\/strong\u003e — stops pans and prep bowls sliding in transit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg total load rating\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles loaded pans, mixed crockery, or back-of-house stock moves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel shelves + 25 mm² stainless tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade, corrosion-resistant build\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 castors, 2 with brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll into position, lock when stationary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/strong\u003e — flat delivery, assembly manual + tools included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — 855 × 535 mm to fit through most kitchen doorways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9354525012675\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-shelf stainless steel trolley with lipped edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (see flag re: grade)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm² stainless steel tube, BA finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 — 2 with brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed; manual + tools included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 850 × 175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to cafés, restaurants, bakeries, catering companies, and institutional kitchens (schools, aged care, hospitals). The three lipped shelves work equally well for transporting crockery to the dishwash area, moving prep between stations, or holding stock on the floor during a clean-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"assembly-notes\"\u003eAssembly notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivered flat-packed to keep freight costs low. The instruction manual and required tools ship with the unit. Typical assembly time is 20–30 minutes for a single person.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the maximum load?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 150 kg total across the three shelves. That's comfortably enough for a full load of plated meals, mixed crockery, or a stock move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it fully assembled on arrival?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No — it ships flat-packed to keep freight costs down. The manual and tools are included and typical assembly takes 20–30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The frame is 25 mm² stainless tube with a BA finish. Shelf-grade specifications should be confirmed with our team if food-contact grade (304) is required for your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it fit through a standard doorway?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — at 855 × 535 mm it clears most commercial kitchen doorways and service corridors. Height is 940 mm including castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2 years parts only. Structural issues (frame, shelves, castors) are covered; consumables and wear items are not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003eBrowse all catering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eSee the full Modular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the maximum load?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"150 kg total across three shelves — enough for a full load of plated meals, mixed crockery, or a stock move.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it fully assembled on arrival?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No — ships flat-packed. Manual and tools included. Typical assembly 20–30 minutes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What grade of stainless steel is used?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Frame is 25 mm² stainless tube with BA finish. Confirm shelf grade with our team if food-contact 304 is required.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it fit through a standard doorway?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — 855 × 535 mm clears most commercial kitchen doorways. Height 940 mm.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What's the warranty?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"2 years parts only. Structural items covered; consumables not.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539902660909,"sku":"YC-103","price":224.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc-103-8213976.jpg?v=1776428347"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-with-2-shelves-yc102d","title":"Modular Systems Stainless Steel Trolley With 2 Shelves YC-102D","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-102D is a two-tier stainless steel trolley built to move stock, prep and service items around commercial kitchens, cafes and catering venues. With deep SUS430 shelves, a sturdy tube frame and a 150kg load rating, it is a dependable workhorse for everyday transport and mobile storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-102D\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-tier deep shelf design\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra depth per shelf for bulkier loads and more capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles heavy transport tasks across a busy venue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 stainless shelves, hairline finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrosion-resistant, hygienic and easy to wipe down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm² SUS201 tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — a strong, rigid structure for daily rough use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 castors (2 with brake)\u003c\/strong\u003e — moves easily and locks securely in place when parked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compact to keep delivery straightforward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 550 × 185 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel (SUS430 shelves, SUS201 frame)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (2 braked)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 Years Parts Only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA versatile fit for restaurants, cafes, hotels, function venues and catering operations that need to shift stock, crockery or prep between areas. The braked castors make it safe to load and unload on the move, and the compact footprint suits tight service corridors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003eTrolleys \u0026amp; Racks\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or browse everything from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe YC-102D is flat-packed for delivery and assembles into a rigid two-tier trolley with four castors, two of which are braked. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can the YC-102D carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is rated to a 150 kg load capacity across its two deep shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the shelves made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The shelves are SUS430 stainless steel with a hairline finish, mounted on a 25mm² SUS201 tube frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley have brakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs on four castors, two of which are braked so it can be locked in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the trolley's dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 855 (W) × 535 (D) × 940 (H) mm and ships flat-packed at 850 × 550 × 185 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does it include?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It comes with a 24-month (2 years) parts-only warranty. Full terms are on our warranty information page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight can the YC-102D carry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is rated to a 150 kg load capacity across its two deep shelves.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the shelves made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The shelves are SUS430 stainless steel with a hairline finish, mounted on a 25mm\u0026sup2; SUS201 tube frame.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the trolley have brakes?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It runs on four castors, two of which are braked so it can be locked in place.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the trolley's dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 855 (W) \u0026times; 535 (D) \u0026times; 940 (H) mm and ships flat-packed at 850 \u0026times; 550 \u0026times; 185 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does it include?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It comes with a 24-month (2 years) parts-only warranty. Full terms are on our warranty information page.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539913670957,"sku":"YC-102D","price":279.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-with-2-shelves-yc-102d-5281515.jpg?v=1776428168"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc102","title":"Modular Systems Stainless Steel Trolley YC-102","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-102 is a two-shelf stainless steel trolley built to move stock, prep and service items around busy commercial kitchens and floors. With a 150kg load capacity, hairline-finish shelves and four castors (two braked), it gives cafes, restaurants and caterers a durable, easy-to-manoeuvre transport cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-102\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo shelves with standard lip\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep items contained and separate loads on the move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries heavy stock, crockery and prep between stations in one trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 hairline-finish shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — resist corrosion and hide scuffs for a clean look in service areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS201 tubular frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — provides a strong, lightweight structure that is easy to push\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 swivel castors, 2 braked\u003c\/strong\u003e — give full manoeuvrability with a locked, stationary hold when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-pack with tools and manual\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compact and assembles on site to lower freight cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850(W) × 550(D) × 150(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 Years Parts Only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for cafes, restaurants, hotels, caterers and commercial kitchens that need to shift stock, crockery or prep between the kitchen, store and service floor. The braked castors make it safe to park and load in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003eTrolleys \u0026amp; Racks\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or browse everything from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered flat-packed with the tools and manual needed for quick on-site assembly. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can the YC-102 carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It has a 150kg total load capacity across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two shelves, each with a standard lip to keep items contained.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Do the castors lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes, it has four swivel castors with two braked for a secure park.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the trolley dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 855mm wide, 535mm deep and 940mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: SUS430 hairline-finish shelves on a SUS201 tubular stainless frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty is included?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 24 months parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight can the YC-102 carry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It has a 150kg total load capacity across its two shelves.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many shelves does it have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two shelves, each with a standard lip to keep items contained.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Do the castors lock?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, it has four swivel castors with two braked for a secure park.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the trolley dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"855mm wide, 535mm deep and 940mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is it made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"SUS430 hairline-finish shelves on a SUS201 tubular stainless frame.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty is included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"24 months parts-only warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539913998637,"sku":"YC-102","price":184.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc-102-2216924.jpg?v=1776428168"},{"product_id":"bh3500s","title":"Benchstar Commercial Schott Ceran Glass Hob Induction Plate BH3500S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar BH3500S is a 3.5 kW commercial induction plate for kitchens that need a portable high-output cooking zone — catering stations, buffet reheats, food-truck prep, display cooking, and single-zone additions to existing lines. The German Schott Ceran glass hob pairs with a stainless steel body and button-and-LED control to give chefs precise heat between 60 °C and 240 °C on a unit that fits in a 327 mm footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose-the-bh3500s\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BH3500S\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSchott Ceran glass hob\u003c\/strong\u003e — German-made ceramic glass built for commercial thermal cycling; smooth to wipe down between services\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.5 kW output across 10 power levels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 500 W to 3,500 W in 10 steps, suits everything from gentle sauces to full sear heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 temperature settings: 60 °C – 240 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — temperature mode holds a setpoint instead of tracking power (useful for holding sauces or confit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTimer 0–180 minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e — LED countdown with audible finish alert\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide pan compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — steel, cast iron, enamelled iron, or flat-bottom stainless from 12 cm to 26 cm diameter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade enclosure, easy to wipe, spill channel around the hob edge\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBH3500S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-zone commercial induction plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHob\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGerman Schott Ceran ceramic glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower input\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V single-phase, 3.5 kW, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlug requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 A outlet (not standard 10 A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 steps (500 W – 3,500 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 steps (60 °C – 240 °C)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–180 minutes, LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eButton + LED display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible cookware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel \/ cast iron \/ enamelled iron \/ flat-bottom stainless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan diameter range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 cm – 26 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e327 × 420 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 500 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months (see FAQ for terms)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to catering companies running portable stations, buffet and banquet operators needing a high-output reheat or finishing zone, food trucks with 15 A power, restaurants adding a flex cooking point without committing to a full range install, and display-cooking stations where a visible, safe-touch hob matters. The 327 × 420 mm footprint leaves plenty of bench around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation--delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe BH3500S needs a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A single-phase outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — not a standard 10 A wall socket. Many commercial kitchens already have 15 A power; for catering or food-truck use, confirm with your electrician before purchase. Unit is parcel-delivered to most Australian metro and regional addresses; no hardwired install required — plug, position, cook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the BH3500S run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No — it needs a 15 A single-phase outlet, not a standard 10 A wall socket. Total draw is 3.5 kW. Most commercial kitchens already have 15 A power; for catering, food-truck, or pop-up use, confirm with a licensed electrician before purchase. Plugging a 15 A unit into a 10 A socket is both non-compliant and will trip the circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What types of pans work on this induction plate?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Steel, cast iron, enamelled iron, and flat-bottom stainless steel pans work — any cookware that a magnet sticks to. Aluminium, copper, glass, and ceramic cookware will not heat on induction. Recommended pan diameter is 12 cm to 26 cm; pans smaller than 12 cm may not register, and pans larger than 26 cm lose efficiency at the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between the 10 power levels and the 10 temperature levels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Power mode (500 W – 3,500 W in 10 steps) controls raw heat output — best for searing, stir-fry, and fast boil. Temperature mode (60 °C – 240 °C in 10 steps) holds a target temperature — best for sauces, confit, tempering chocolate, or holding stock without scorching. Use power for active cooking, temperature for hold and finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use this for a food truck or catering event?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — the BH3500S is designed as a portable commercial cooking zone. Footprint is 327 × 420 × 100 mm, weight is manageable for one person to move, and it plugs into any 15 A outlet. Bring your own 15 A extension lead if needed. For multi-hour high-output service, pair with adequate ventilation and make sure your generator or site power can sustain 3.5 kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's covered under the warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 12-month manufacturer warranty from delivery date. Warranty covers manufacturing defects in the hob, controls, and internal components — contact us on 1300 000 927 to lodge a warranty claim. Accidental damage (cracked glass from dropped pans) is not covered. Keep the original packing in case return shipping is needed for a warranty repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it quieter than a gas burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — induction makes only a faint fan sound from the internal cooling fan and occasionally a soft cookware hum depending on pan construction. No flame roar, no gas. For open kitchens, display cooking, and front-of-house demos this is a real advantage over gas or infrared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBrowse the full Benchstar range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/blogs\/blog\/what-is-the-difference-between-commercial-and-domestic-kitchen-equipment\"\u003eCommercial vs domestic kitchen equipment — buyer's guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the BH3500S run on standard Australian power?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No — it needs a 15 A single-phase outlet, not a standard 10 A wall socket. Total draw is 3.5 kW. Most commercial kitchens already have 15 A power; for catering, food-truck, or pop-up use, confirm with a licensed electrician before purchase. Plugging a 15 A unit into a 10 A socket is both non-compliant and will trip the circuit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What types of pans work on this induction plate?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Steel, cast iron, enamelled iron, and flat-bottom stainless steel pans work — any cookware that a magnet sticks to. Aluminium, copper, glass, and ceramic cookware will not heat on induction. Recommended pan diameter is 12 cm to 26 cm; pans smaller than 12 cm may not register, and pans larger than 26 cm lose efficiency at the rim.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the 10 power levels and the 10 temperature levels?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Power mode (500 W – 3,500 W in 10 steps) controls raw heat output — best for searing, stir-fry, and fast boil. Temperature mode (60 °C – 240 °C in 10 steps) holds a target temperature — best for sauces, confit, tempering chocolate, or holding stock without scorching. Use power for active cooking, temperature for hold and finish.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use this for a food truck or catering event?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — the BH3500S is designed as a portable commercial cooking zone. Footprint is 327 × 420 × 100 mm, weight is manageable for one person to move, and it plugs into any 15 A outlet. Bring your own 15 A extension lead if needed. For multi-hour high-output service, pair with adequate ventilation and make sure your generator or site power can sustain 3.5 kW.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is covered under the warranty?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"12-month manufacturer warranty from delivery date. Warranty covers manufacturing defects in the hob, controls, and internal components — contact us on 1300 000 927 to lodge a warranty claim. Accidental damage (cracked glass from dropped pans) is not covered. Keep the original packing in case return shipping is needed for a warranty repair.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it quieter than a gas burner?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — induction makes only a faint fan sound from the internal cooling fan and occasionally a soft cookware hum depending on pan construction. No flame roar, no gas. For open kitchens, display cooking, and front-of-house demos this is a real advantage over gas or infrared.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539915899181,"sku":"BH3500S","price":390.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-commercial-schott-ceran-glass-hob-induction-plate-bh3500s-5900998.jpg?v=1776428109"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt17","title":"Benchstar Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT17","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuits BM17* Series\u003cbr\u003e• ALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003cbr\u003e• on 4 lockable castors\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts only Warranty with Product Registration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922321709,"sku":"BMT17","price":336.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt17-9425714.jpg?v=1776427991"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt14","title":"Benchstar Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT14","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonvue Trolley for Countertop Bain Marie - BMT14\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuits BM14* Series\u003cbr\u003e• ALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003cbr\u003e• on 4 lockable castors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts only Warranty with Product Registration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922485549,"sku":"BMT14","price":348.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt14-1958552.jpg?v=1776427991"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt11","title":"Bonvue Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT11","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrolley for Countertop Bain Marie BMT11\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSuits BM11* Series\u003cbr\u003e• ALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003cbr\u003e• on 4 lockable castors\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts only Warranty with Product Registration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922649389,"sku":"BMT11","price":290.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt11-9554960.jpg?v=1776427989"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-adjustable-ss-gastronorm-rack-gts180","title":"Modular Systems Adjustable Ss Gastronorm Rack GTS-180","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems GTS-180 is a heavy-duty stainless steel gastronorm rack that stores and transports trays in high volume, built for bakeries, production kitchens and caterers. It holds 18 shelves adjustable from 410mm to 600mm wide, measures 520 x 740 x 1810mm, carries up to 150kg and rolls on castors. All joints are fully welded for strength and it ships flat-packed with a manual and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the GTS-180\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 adjustable shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — shelf width sets from 410mm to 600mm to fit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles a full production run of loaded trays without sagging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded 304-grade shelf supports\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.2mm stainless supports 50mm wide with rear stays keep trays secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm stainless tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid, corrosion-resistant frame rated for heavy daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors with two brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — wheel the loaded rack between prep, oven and cool-room, then lock it in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded joints\u003c\/strong\u003e — no loose fixings to work free under load or wash-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed with tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compactly and assembles on site with the included manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTS-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTS-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable stainless steel gastronorm rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 740 x 1810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18, adjustable width 410–600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm stainless steel tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless, 50mm wide with rear stays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn castors (two with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed with manual and tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith 18 adjustable shelves and a 150kg rating, this rack suits bakeries, patisseries, production kitchens and caterers that move trays in volume between prep, oven and storage. The braked castors make it ideal for transporting loaded trays across a busy floor. It is less suited to tight galley kitchens where a fixed wall shelf saves floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003etrolleys \u0026amp; racks\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e product for a matching fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembles from flat-pack using the supplied manual and tools; set the shelf spacing to suit your trays before loading. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty terms are covered on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many shelves does the GTS-180 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds 18 shelves, each adjustable in width from 410mm to 600mm to suit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the load capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The GTS-180 is rated to 150kg total load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The rack measures 520mm wide x 740mm deep x 1810mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it in position once it is where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The shelf supports are fully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless steel, 50mm wide with rear stays, on a 25mm stainless tube frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is supplied flat-packed for transport and assembles on site with the included manual and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The GTS-180 carries a 2 Years Parts Only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many shelves does the GTS-180 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds 18 shelves, each adjustable in width from 410mm to 600mm to suit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the load capacity?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The GTS-180 is rated to 150kg total load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the overall dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The rack measures 520mm wide x 740mm deep x 1810mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it in position once it is where you need it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What grade of stainless steel is used?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The shelf supports are fully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless steel, 50mm wide with rear stays, on a 25mm stainless tube frame.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need assembly?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is supplied flat-packed for transport and assembles on site with the included manual and tools.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The GTS-180 carries a 2 Years Parts Only warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539930841389,"sku":"GTS-180","price":448.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-adjustable-ss-gastronorm-rack-gts-180-9467749.jpg?v=1776427927"},{"product_id":"thermaster-two-large-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb18","title":"Thermaster Two Large Door Deluxe Sandwich Bar SCB\/18","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermaster two large door DELUXE Sandwich Bar - SCB\/18\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGross Volume: 870L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range: 2 to 8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\"Blown well\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross-flow pan cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew modern style square S\/S front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe fridge has one level of shelving plus a floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnclosed pan area with easy-slide covers**\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecop compressors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGerman ËBM-Pabst fans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital temp. control \u0026amp; read-out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRounded internal corners for hygiene \u0026amp; easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking area 230 mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePE cutting board included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBench height 855 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eR134a gas SCB\/15; R404a SCB\/18 \u0026amp; \/21\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced evaporator cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAuto defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-evaporating drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 × 1\/3 pans*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless Steel interior \u0026amp; exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA completely removable refrigeration unit\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e  ** pans not included\u003cbr\u003e  *** Sliding pan covers must be used to ensure the correct operating temperature\u003cbr\u003e\u003cem\u003eTops are holding units \u0026amp; product needs to be pre-chilled to less than 5ºC before filling\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour + 2 Years Parts only Warranty with Product Registration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539931267373,"sku":"SCB\/18","price":6791.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-two-large-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb18-4093265.jpg?v=1776427933"},{"product_id":"thermaster-two-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb15","title":"Thermaster SCB\/15 Two Door Deluxe Cold Bain Marie 550L","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Thermaster SCB\/15 is a two-door deluxe cold bain marie and sandwich\/salad prep bar that pairs a chilled topping rail with 550 litres of refrigerated storage below. It runs seven 1\/3-size GN pan wells on blown-well cooling, holds a +2 to +8°C range on R134a, and gives sandwich bars, salad counters and cafes a compact 1480mm prep station that keeps toppings and back-up stock cold in one unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCB\/15\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven 1\/3 GN blown-well cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the topping wells evenly chilled across the rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550L refrigerated storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds back-up ingredients directly below the build station.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo hinged doors\u003c\/strong\u003e — section stock and hold temperature through a busy service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e+2 to +8°C operating range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers salads, dressings, dairy and proteins from one counter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR134a refrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e — efficient, reliable chilled performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel interior and exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to daily commercial cleaning and wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermaster\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCB\/15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Bain Marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 x 1\/3 GN pan wells\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+2 to +8°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR134a\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 hinged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1480(W) x 700(D) x 1255(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770(W) x 1550(D) x 1420(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e147 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 460W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric — single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 months — 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour + 2 Years Parts Only (register within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCB\/15 suits sandwich bars, salad counters, cafes and catering kitchens that build to order across a compact footprint. The chilled well plus under-counter storage keeps a busy prep line stocked without leaving the station. Compare the full range in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003eCold Bain Maries\u003c\/a\u003e collection, or browse every model in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/thermaster\"\u003eThermaster\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCB\/15 runs on 240V single-phase (460W) from a standard supply and needs a level position with airflow clearance around the refrigeration unit. At 1480mm wide and 147kg, plan a clear delivery path and allow help for positioning. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Finance is available through SilverChef. All Thermaster equipment is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many GN pans does the SCB\/15 hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs seven 1\/3-size GN pan wells on blown-well cooling across the topping rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much storage is below the well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt offers 550 litres of refrigerated storage in the cabinet directly below the prep station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates between +2 and +8°C across the well and the storage cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat refrigerant does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses R134a for efficient, reliable chilled performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty does the SCB\/15 come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is covered by 2 years parts \u0026amp; labour plus 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Thermaster","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539931496749,"sku":"SCB\/15","price":5856.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/thermaster-two-door-deluxe-sandwich-bar-scb15-9632932.jpg?v=1776427934"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-food-service-cart-chilled-yc3","title":"Modular Systems Food Service Cart, Chilled YC-3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-3 is a refrigerated food service cart that holds cold food at safe temperature while you serve on the move, built for cafeterias, functions and buffet service. It runs at 2 to 5°C for cold holding, comes with four 1\/2 GN and one 1\/1 GN pans, measures 1060 x 668 x 900mm and rolls on castors. The all-stainless body runs on standard 240V single-phase power.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-3\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 to 5°C cold holding\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps chilled food at safe service temperature throughout a shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComes with 5 GN pans\u003c\/strong\u003e — four 1\/2 GN and one 1\/1 GN pans included, ready to serve straight away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile on castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — wheel the cart to the service point; two castors brake to lock it in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V single-phase power\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a standard commercial outlet, no special supply needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — food-grade, corrosion-resistant and easy to sanitise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150mm max pan depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — accepts deep gastronorm pans for larger holding volumes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerated food service cart (cold holding)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060 x 668 x 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 to 5°C (cold holding only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePans included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/2 GN and 1 x 1\/1 GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum pan height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V single phase; 500W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn castors (two with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis chilled service cart suits cafeterias, buffets, function centres and catering operations that need to hold and serve cold food away from the kitchen. Being mobile and self-contained on a standard 240V outlet makes it ideal for flexible service points. It is designed for cold holding only, not for cooling warm product down, so it is not a blast chiller or prep fridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cold-bain-maries\"\u003ecold bain maries\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e product for a matching fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlugs into a standard 240V single-phase outlet; wheel it to the service point and lock the braked castors. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty terms are covered on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does the YC-3 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds food at 2 to 5°C. It is designed for cold holding only and is not intended to cool warm product down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What pans are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It comes with four 1\/2 GN pans and one 1\/1 GN pan, and accepts pans up to 150mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on standard 240V single-phase power and draws 500W, so it plugs into a normal commercial outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The cart measures 1060mm wide x 668mm deep x 900mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it at the service point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The cart is all stainless steel, which is food-grade, durable and easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The YC-3 carries a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature does the YC-3 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds food at 2 to 5°C. It is designed for cold holding only and is not intended to cool warm product down.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pans are included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It comes with four 1\/2 GN pans and one 1\/1 GN pan, and accepts pans up to 150mm deep.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on standard 240V single-phase power and draws 500W, so it plugs into a normal commercial outlet.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The cart measures 1060mm wide x 668mm deep x 900mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it at the service point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is it made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The cart is all stainless steel, which is food-grade, durable and easy to clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The YC-3 carries a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539934576941,"sku":"YC-3","price":2345.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-food-service-cart-chilled-yc-3-6626176.jpg?v=1776427868"},{"product_id":"zck165bt-1","title":"Benchstar Benchtop Heated Bain Marie ZCK165BT-1","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBenchtop Heated Bain Marie - ZCK165BT-1\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComes With 150 mm 1\/1 Pan \u0026amp; Lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain Valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnalogue Temp. Control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo Exposed Elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElements Are Separate (Hidden) From Tank, For Safety, To Prevent Corrosion \u0026amp; For Ease Of Cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet Use Only - Warranty Will Be Void If Run Dry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan data-olk-copy-source=\"MessageBody\"\u003eTemperature Range ˚C : +30 to +80\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Year Return to Base Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539934937389,"sku":"ZCK165BT-1","price":231.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-benchtop-heated-bain-marie-zck165bt-1-9027789.jpg?v=1776427868"},{"product_id":"electmax-plate-warmer-single-pws","title":"ElectMAX Plate Warmer Single PW-S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electmax PW-S is a commercial single plate warmer that holds up to 60 plates at serving temperature, built for cafes, restaurants, function venues and catering kitchens that need crockery kept warm and ready through service. It takes up to 60 plates, warms to 80°C, is finished in easy-clean stainless steel and runs from a standard 240V power point (240V, 750W, 3.2A; 450 × 485 × 850 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PW-S\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60-plate capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps a full service run of crockery warm and to hand at the pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeats to 80°C\u003c\/strong\u003e — plates go out warm so food holds temperature to the table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade, resists corrosion and wipes clean in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 240V power\u003c\/strong\u003e — plugs into a normal 10A power point, no special wiring required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow 750W draw\u003c\/strong\u003e — a modest running load for continuous plate warming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 450mm footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits tight bench and pass areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectmax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePW-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate warmer (single)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 750W; 3.2A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 × 485 × 850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 520 × 920 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PW-S suits cafes, restaurants, function venues, hotels and catering kitchens that plate up in volume and need crockery held at serving temperature so meals reach the table warm. Its compact 450mm-wide footprint tucks into a pass or back-of-house bench without crowding the line.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/electmax\"\u003eElectmax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PW-S plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point and needs no plumbing or special wiring—position it, plug it in and switch on. It ships packed at 500 × 520 × 920 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many plates does the PW-S hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The PW-S holds up to 60 plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How hot does the PW-S get?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It warms plates to a maximum of 80°C, keeping crockery at serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the PW-S powered?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point (240V, 750W, 3.2A)—no special wiring is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PW-S?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 450 × 485 × 850 mm (W×D×H), weighs 32 kg net and ships packed at 500 × 520 × 920 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the PW-S come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the PW-S ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many plates does the PW-S hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PW-S holds up to 60 plates.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How hot does the PW-S get?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It warms plates to a maximum of 80°C, keeping crockery at serving temperature.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the PW-S powered?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It plugs into a standard 240V 10A power point (240V, 750W, 3.2A)—no special wiring is needed.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the PW-S?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 450 × 485 × 850 mm (W×D×H), weighs 32 kg net and ships packed at 500 × 520 × 920 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the PW-S come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by 1 year parts \u0026 labour.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the PW-S ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Electmax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539937165613,"sku":"PW-S","price":679.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/electmax-plate-warmer-single-pw-s-5526995.jpg?v=1776427813"},{"product_id":"atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1846mm","title":"Atosa 2 Door Sandwich Bar With Glass Canopy 1846Mm MSF8304G","description":"\u003cp\u003e1846mm Wide – Atosa Sandwich Prep Table with an inbuilt glass-covered saladette that holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, it’s purpose-built for quick and easy preparation of sandwiches, salads and more. The two-door under bench fridge uses a quiet, very energy efficient, fan-forced refrigeration system designed to operate in the most extreme kitchens. By using industry-leading Embarco compressors they have the highest rated 43ºC ambient operating temp which is highly recommended for Australian kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel doors offer exceptional insulation. With magnetic gaskets which not only ensures a firm seal that keeps heat, moisture, and dust out, they increase energy efficiency by keeping the cold in without the need for latches. Saving money and making it effortless to use. The round corner dual-action design will be appreciated by chefs as they self close during normal use or when pushed past 90º stay open which is great for easy loading. Shelves to accommodate standard GN pans. Stainless steel finish inside and out makes them super easy to clean. Includes one epoxy coated wire shelf per section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir over ingredient well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding lids over ingredient well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors to rear canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass midshelf included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel exterior and interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbraco compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVentilated cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves and castors are included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting board included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 1846(W) x 762(D) x 1420(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 48 Months Parts \u0026amp; 24 Labour\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539948437805,"sku":"MSF8304G-SM","price":4123.08,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1846mm-msf8304g-7888016.jpg?v=1776001449"},{"product_id":"atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1225mm","title":"Atosa 2 Door Sandwich Bar With Glass Canopy 1225Mm MSF8302G","description":"\u003cp\u003eAtosa Sandwich Prep Table with an inbuilt glass covered saladette that holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, it’s purpose-built for quick and easy preparation of sandwiches, salads and more. The two-door under bench fridge uses a quiet, very energy efficient, fan-forced refrigeration system designed to operate in the most extreme kitchens. By using industry leading Embarco compressors they have the highest rated 43ºC ambient operating temp which is highly recommended for Australian kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel doors offer exceptional insulation. With magnetic gaskets which not only ensures a firm seal that keeps heat, moisture and dust out, they increase energy efficiency by keeping the cold in without the need for latches. Saving money and making it effortless to use. The round corner dual-action design will be appreciated by chefs as they self close during normal use or when pushed past 90º stay open which is great for easy loading. Shelves to accommodate standard GN pans. Stainless steel finish inside and out makes them super easy to clean. Includes one epoxy coated wire shelf per section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir over ingredient well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding lids over ingredient well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding doors to rear canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass midshelf included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel exterior and interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbraco compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVentilated cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves and castors are included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting board included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 1225(W) x 762(D) x 1420(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 48 Months Parts \u0026amp; 24 Labour\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539948667181,"sku":"MSF8302G-SM","price":3131.67,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1225mm-msf8302g-8277946.jpg?v=1776001452"},{"product_id":"atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1530mm","title":"Atosa 2 Door Sandwich Bar With Glass Canopy 1530Mm MSF8303G","description":"\u003cp\u003e1530mm Wide – Atosa Sandwich Prep Table with an inbuilt glass-covered saladette that holds any combination of 1\/3 or 1\/6 GN pans, it’s purpose-built for quick and easy preparation of sandwiches, salads and more. The two-door under bench fridge uses a quiet, very energy efficient, fan-forced refrigeration system designed to operate in the most extreme kitchens. By using industry-leading Embarco compressors they have the highest rated 43ºC ambient operating temp which is highly recommended for Australian kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel doors offer exceptional insulation. With magnetic gaskets which not only ensures a firm seal that keeps heat, moisture, and dust out, they increase energy efficiency by keeping the cold in without the need for latches. Saving money and making it effortless to use. The round corner dual-action design will be appreciated by chefs as they self close during normal use or when pushed past 90º stay open which is great for easy loading. Shelves to accommodate standard GN pans. Stainless steel finish inside and out makes them super easy to clean. Includes one epoxy coated wire shelf per section.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir over ingredient well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding lids over ingredient well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass midshelf included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel exterior and interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbraco compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVentilated cooling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves and castors are included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCutting board included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 1530(W) x 762(D) x 1420(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 48 Months Parts \u0026amp; 24 Labour\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539948732717,"sku":"MSF8303G-SM","price":3545.09,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-2-door-sandwich-bar-with-glass-canopy-1530mm-msf8303g-5407995.jpg?v=1776001447"},{"product_id":"atosa-pizzatable-saladette","title":"Atosa Pizzatable Saladette ESL3864","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa Pizzatable Saladette is a compact and heavy duty unit ideal for catering and busy kitchens, designed for preparing and topping pizzas. Engineered for optimal performance in hot environments, this saladette fits standard GN pans (not included) and sports a stainless steel top and spacious marble prep area, ideal for pizza. The lower compartment offers insulated cold storage with 3 self-closing doors, the interior and exterior built from hard-wearing stainless steel and including white Epoxy shelves and stainless steel rails. It offers a static cooling system operating at a temperature of 2°C to 8°C with self-evaporating drainage, and is fitted with European-made parts including an Aspera compressor and an EDM fan motor, as well as a Carel or Dixell digital controller. Arrives with 4 castors installed for easy mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003ePlease note: the unit features a manual defrosting system. It is advised to defrost regularly for better maintenance of temperatures.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 380L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms well in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh grade stainless steel interior \u0026amp; exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy duty marble prep area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComes with square glass sneeze guard canopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll fitted with European parts Compressor \u0026amp; EBM fan motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAspera compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking Temp: +2 to +8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e43°C ambient working temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas 134A refrigerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation foam CH10, ODP zero emissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic cooling system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarel I Dixell Italian digital controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-evaporating drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual defrosting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWe recommend you defrost regularly for better maintenance of temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompressor \u0026amp; condenser situated on the bottom, so motor can breathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit can be positioned against a wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Australian GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Self-closing doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Epoxy shelves \u0026amp; stainless-steel rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComes installed with 4 castors for easy mobility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eESL 3864 can fit 7 x 1\/3 GN Pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGN pans \u0026amp; Lids are not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight 170Kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1365mmW x 700D x 970H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Requirements: 220V 50Hz; 300W; 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 1365(W) x 700(D) x 1168(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 48 Months Parts \u0026amp; 24 Labour\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539954630957,"sku":"ESL3864-SM","price":2305.49,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-pizzatable-saladette-esl3864-3472099.jpg?v=1776001329"},{"product_id":"atosa-three-doors-sliding-lid-saladette","title":"Atosa Three Doors Sliding Lid Saladette ESL3850","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Atosa Three Doors Sliding Lid Saladette is a compact and well-rounded unit ideal for catering and busy kitchens. Engineered for optimal performance in hot environments, this saladette fits standard GN pans and lids (not included) and has a stainless steel top with marble prep area, ideal for pizza. The lower compartment offers insulated cold storage, the interior and exterior built from hard-wearing stainless steel and includes white Epoxy shelves and stainless steel rails. It offers a static cooling system operating at a temperature of 2°C to 8°C with self-evaporating drainage, and is fitted with European-made parts including an Aspera compressor and an EDM fan motor, as well as a Carel or Dixell digital controller. Arrives with 4 castors installed for easy mobility. Please note: this unit requires manual defrosting. It is advised to defrost regularly for better maintenance of temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 380L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforms well in hot environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh grade stainless steel interior \u0026amp; exterior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy duty stainless steel top\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll fitted with European parts Compressor \u0026amp; EBM fan motor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAspera compressor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorking Temp: +2 to +8°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e43°C ambient working temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas 134A refrigerant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsulation foam CH10, ODP zero emissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic cooling system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarel I Dixell Italian digital controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-evaporating drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManual defrosting system take note\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWe recommend you defrost regularly for better maintenance of temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompressor \u0026amp; condenser situated on the bottom, so motor can breathe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit can be positioned against a wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Australian GN pans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-closing doors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite Epoxy shelves \u0026amp; stainless-steel rails\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComes installed with 4 castors for easy mobility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGN I pans \u0026amp; Lids not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePan and pan cover must be used to ensure the correct operating temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight 90Kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese fridges often require products to be pre-chilled to below 5°C before being stored.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight(Kg)90\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 1365mmW x 700D x 888H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower Requirements: 220V 50Hz; 270W; 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 1380(W) x 700(D) x 950(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 48 Months Parts \u0026amp; 24 Labour\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Atosa","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539954762029,"sku":"ESL3850-SM","price":2057.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/atosa-three-doors-sliding-lid-saladette-esl3850-6867310.jpg?v=1776001327"}],"url":"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-events-equipment.oembed?page=2","provider":"Commercial Kitchen Appliances","version":"1.0","type":"link"}